1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
78 #include "emacs-icon.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include "xsettings.h"
91 #include "sysselect.h"
94 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
119 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
121 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
122 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
124 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
127 #if defined USE_MOTIF
128 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
129 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
130 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #ifndef XtNinitialState
151 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
155 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
159 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
164 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
166 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 static int any_help_event_p
;
173 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
174 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
176 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
178 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
180 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
182 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
212 } pending_event_wait
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
328 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
329 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
331 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
332 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
335 /* Used in x_flush. */
337 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
339 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
340 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
342 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
343 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
344 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
345 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
347 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
348 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
349 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
353 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
354 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
355 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
358 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
359 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
360 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
361 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
362 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
363 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
364 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
365 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
366 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
368 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
369 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
370 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
372 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
373 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
374 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
375 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
376 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
378 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
379 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
380 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
381 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
382 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
383 int *, struct input_event
*));
384 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
385 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
386 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
389 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
395 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
396 connection may be broken. */
397 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
403 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
404 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
405 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
406 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
408 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
414 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
415 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
416 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
417 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
418 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
421 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
424 /***********************************************************************
426 ***********************************************************************/
430 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
431 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
439 struct record event_record
[100];
441 int event_record_index
;
443 record_event (locus
, type
)
447 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
448 event_record_index
= 0;
450 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
451 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
452 event_record_index
++;
459 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
461 struct x_display_info
*
462 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
467 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
468 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
474 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
475 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
478 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
481 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
482 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
483 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
485 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
488 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
489 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
490 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
491 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
493 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
498 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
499 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
500 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
501 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
505 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
507 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
510 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
512 /* return unless necessary */
517 unsigned long n
, left
;
519 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
520 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
521 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
522 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
525 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
526 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
528 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 XFree ((void *) data
);
537 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
548 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
552 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
553 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
555 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
559 /***********************************************************************
560 Starting and ending an update
561 ***********************************************************************/
563 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
564 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
565 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
566 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
567 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
577 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
578 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
582 x_update_window_begin (w
)
585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
586 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
589 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
593 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
595 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
596 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
598 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
600 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
601 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
608 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
611 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
615 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
618 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
620 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
623 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
624 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
627 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
629 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
630 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
632 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
633 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
634 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
636 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
637 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
641 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
643 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
647 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
652 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
654 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
656 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
657 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
662 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
663 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
664 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
666 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
667 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
668 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
671 updated_window
= NULL
;
675 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
682 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
683 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
687 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
693 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
694 complete update has been performed. The global variable
695 updated_window is not available here. */
698 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
706 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
709 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
710 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
711 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
712 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
713 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
720 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
721 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
722 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
723 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
724 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
725 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
728 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
729 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
731 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
737 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
738 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
740 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
741 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
742 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
743 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
744 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
745 overhead is very small. */
746 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
747 && desired_row
->full_width_p
748 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
749 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
751 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
754 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
757 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
758 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
759 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
760 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
761 y
, width
, height
, False
);
767 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
769 struct glyph_row
*row
;
770 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
772 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
773 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
774 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
775 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
776 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
778 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
779 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
783 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
785 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
786 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
787 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
788 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
790 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
792 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
795 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
796 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
797 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
798 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
799 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
800 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
801 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
803 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
807 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
808 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
809 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
813 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
814 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
815 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
816 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
820 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
822 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
823 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
825 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
830 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
832 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
833 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
835 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
836 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
841 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
842 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
845 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
851 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
852 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
856 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
858 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
860 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
862 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
864 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
865 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
867 face
->background
, depth
);
871 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
872 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
875 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
876 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
877 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
878 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
881 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
882 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
883 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
887 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
888 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
889 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
893 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
898 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
899 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
900 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
904 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
908 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
909 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
912 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
917 /***********************************************************************
919 ***********************************************************************/
923 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
924 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
925 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
927 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
928 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
929 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
930 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
931 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
932 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
933 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
934 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
935 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
936 unsigned long *, double, int));
937 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
938 double, int, unsigned long));
939 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
940 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
943 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
944 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
946 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
947 int, int, int, int, int, int,
949 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
950 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
953 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
957 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
962 struct glyph_string
*s
;
964 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
965 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
966 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
968 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
971 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
975 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
976 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
978 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
979 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
980 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
981 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
982 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
983 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
984 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
986 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
987 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
988 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
990 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
994 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1010 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1013 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1014 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1019 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1020 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1021 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1023 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1025 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1026 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1028 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1029 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1033 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1036 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1041 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1042 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1043 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1044 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1046 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1047 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1050 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1051 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1053 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1056 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1060 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1061 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1062 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1065 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1066 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1068 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1072 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1073 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1077 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1078 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1080 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1082 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1084 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1085 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1087 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1089 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1090 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1094 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1097 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1099 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1102 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1103 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1105 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1106 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1110 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1111 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1114 /* GC must have been set. */
1115 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1119 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1120 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1123 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1124 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1126 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1127 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1130 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1135 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1136 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1140 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1141 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1146 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1148 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1151 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1156 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1159 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1160 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1163 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1164 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1166 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1168 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1170 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1171 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1174 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1175 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1176 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1180 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1182 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1184 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1185 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1186 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1190 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1191 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1196 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1199 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1200 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1204 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1206 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1211 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1212 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1213 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1214 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1215 contains the first component of a composition. */
1218 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1219 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1222 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1223 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1224 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1226 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1230 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1231 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1232 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1233 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1234 s
->background_width
,
1235 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1236 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1237 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1239 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1240 || s
->font_not_found_p
1241 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1244 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1245 s
->background_width
,
1246 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1247 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1253 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1256 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1257 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1261 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1262 of S to the right of that box line. */
1263 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1264 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1265 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1269 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1271 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1273 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1275 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1277 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1279 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1284 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1285 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1288 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1289 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1291 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1293 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1294 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1296 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1297 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1298 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1302 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1305 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1306 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1309 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1311 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1312 of S to the right of that box line. */
1313 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1314 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1315 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1319 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1320 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1321 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1322 this composition. */
1324 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1325 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1326 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1328 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1329 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1330 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1332 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1336 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1337 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1339 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1340 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1343 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1349 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1354 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1356 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1357 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1358 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1361 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1365 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1366 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1367 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1370 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1371 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1372 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1373 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1383 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1384 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1385 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1391 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1393 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1394 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1395 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1396 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1397 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1400 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1401 cannot be determined. */
1403 static struct frame
*
1404 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1407 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1411 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1413 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1414 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1415 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1416 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1417 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1418 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1420 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1421 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1422 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1423 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1424 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1426 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1427 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1428 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1435 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1436 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1437 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1438 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1441 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1446 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1447 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1451 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1452 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1453 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1454 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1455 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1456 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1459 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1463 unsigned long *pixel
;
1467 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1468 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1472 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1473 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1475 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1477 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1479 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1484 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1485 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1487 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1490 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1492 DPY is the display we are working on.
1494 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1495 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1496 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1497 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1499 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1500 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1502 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1503 we allocated the color or not.
1505 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1508 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1512 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1513 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1523 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1524 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1526 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1530 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1531 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1532 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1534 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1536 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1537 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1539 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1542 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1544 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1545 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1547 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1553 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1555 params
[0] = color_name
;
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1557 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1558 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1563 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1565 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1567 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1571 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1575 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1576 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1579 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1584 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1585 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1586 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1588 APP is the application context in which we work.
1590 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1591 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1592 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1594 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1597 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1606 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1608 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1611 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1613 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1614 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1615 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1616 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1617 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1622 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1625 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1626 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1627 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1628 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1630 static const XColor
*
1631 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1637 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1639 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1642 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1643 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1645 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1646 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1648 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1651 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1655 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1656 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1660 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1661 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1664 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1671 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1676 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1677 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1678 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1679 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1683 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1687 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1688 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1691 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1695 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1699 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1700 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1701 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1705 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1712 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1715 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1716 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1717 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1718 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1720 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1722 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1724 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1726 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1727 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1728 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1729 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1731 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1734 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1738 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1739 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1740 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1741 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1745 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1746 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1747 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1748 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1749 XColor
*cached_color
;
1751 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1752 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1753 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1754 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1755 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1757 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1758 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1759 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1763 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1765 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1766 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1772 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1773 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1774 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1778 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1783 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1784 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1788 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1789 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1790 get color reference counts right. */
1793 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1795 unsigned long pixel
;
1799 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1801 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1802 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1804 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1805 register_color (pixel
);
1811 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1812 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1813 get color reference counts right. */
1816 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1819 unsigned long pixel
;
1823 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1825 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1826 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1828 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1829 register_color (pixel
);
1835 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1838 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1839 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1840 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1841 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1842 use an additional additive factor.
1844 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1845 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1846 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1849 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1850 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1851 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1852 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1853 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1854 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1857 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1861 unsigned long *pixel
;
1869 /* Get RGB color values. */
1870 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1871 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1873 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1874 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1875 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1876 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1877 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1879 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1880 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1882 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1883 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1884 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1885 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1886 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1888 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1889 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1890 /* The additive adjustment. */
1891 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1895 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1896 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1897 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1901 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1902 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1903 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1907 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1908 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1911 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1913 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1914 delta to the RGB values. */
1915 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1917 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1918 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1919 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1920 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1931 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1932 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1933 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1934 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1935 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1936 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1939 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1941 struct relief
*relief
;
1944 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1947 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1948 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1949 unsigned long pixel
;
1950 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1951 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1953 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1955 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1956 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1958 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1959 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1960 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1962 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1964 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1965 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1968 /* Allocate new color. */
1969 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1971 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1972 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1974 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1975 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1978 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1980 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1982 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1985 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1989 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1992 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1993 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1995 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1996 unsigned long color
;
1998 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1999 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2000 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2002 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2003 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2008 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2009 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2010 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2013 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2014 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2016 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2017 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2018 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2019 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2020 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2025 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2026 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2027 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2028 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2029 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2030 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2034 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2035 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2037 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2038 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2039 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2041 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2042 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2047 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2049 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2050 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2054 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2056 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2057 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2061 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2065 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2067 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2069 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2070 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2074 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2075 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2076 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2077 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2081 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2082 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2083 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2085 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2089 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2090 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2091 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2092 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2093 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2094 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2097 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2098 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2099 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2100 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2101 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2105 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2106 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2107 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2110 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2111 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2115 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2116 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2120 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2124 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2125 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2127 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2128 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2132 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2135 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2136 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2138 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2139 int left_p
, right_p
;
2140 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2141 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2143 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2144 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2145 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2147 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2148 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2150 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2152 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2153 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2155 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2157 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2159 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2161 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2162 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2164 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2165 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2166 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2168 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2170 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2172 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2173 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2174 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2178 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2179 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2184 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2187 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2188 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2191 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2193 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2194 right of that line. */
2195 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2196 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2198 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2200 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2202 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2203 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2204 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2205 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2211 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2212 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2213 trust on the shape extension to be available
2214 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2216 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2219 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2221 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2222 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2223 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2224 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2225 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2230 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2231 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2232 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2233 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2234 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2235 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2239 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2241 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2244 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2245 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2246 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2247 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2248 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2249 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2251 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2252 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2253 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2254 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2255 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2256 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2257 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2259 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2261 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2264 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2269 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2275 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2278 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2279 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2281 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2284 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2286 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2287 right of that line. */
2288 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2289 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2291 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2293 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2295 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2296 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2297 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2298 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2300 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2301 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2303 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2304 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2308 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2309 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2314 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2315 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2317 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2318 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2319 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2321 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2323 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2328 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2331 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2332 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2336 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2339 right of that line. */
2340 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2343 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2345 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2347 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2348 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2349 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2350 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2356 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2357 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2358 trust on the shape extension to be available
2359 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2361 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2365 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2366 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2367 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2368 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2369 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2371 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2372 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2373 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2378 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2379 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2382 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2383 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2384 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2385 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2386 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2387 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2388 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2390 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2394 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2399 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2405 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2406 give the rectangle to draw. */
2409 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2410 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2415 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2416 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2417 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2418 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2421 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2425 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2428 s->x +-------------------------
2431 | +-------------------------
2434 | | +-------------------
2440 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2441 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2443 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2444 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2446 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2449 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2450 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2451 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2452 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2454 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2455 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2457 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2458 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2462 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2463 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2467 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2468 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2469 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2470 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2471 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2473 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2474 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2475 s
->background_width
,
2478 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2480 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2482 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2485 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2486 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2487 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2488 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2489 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2491 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2496 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2498 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2499 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2500 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2501 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2509 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2511 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2513 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2514 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2516 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2519 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2522 /* Draw the foreground. */
2525 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2526 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2527 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2528 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2529 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2532 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2534 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2536 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2537 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2538 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2542 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2545 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2546 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2548 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2550 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2551 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2553 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2554 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2555 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2556 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2560 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2563 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2566 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2568 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2569 if (width
< background_width
)
2572 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2577 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2578 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2580 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2586 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2587 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2589 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2591 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2592 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2593 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2594 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2599 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2600 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2601 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2602 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2606 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2608 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2609 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2611 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2612 except for header line and mode line. */
2613 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2615 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2618 if (background_width
> 0)
2619 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2622 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2626 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2629 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2630 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2632 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2634 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2635 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2636 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2637 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2640 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2642 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2643 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2644 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2645 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2647 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2648 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2649 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2650 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2653 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2657 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2658 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2660 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2661 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2662 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2663 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2664 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2665 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2670 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2674 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2676 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2677 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2678 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2679 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2680 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2681 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2683 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2685 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2688 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2692 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2696 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2697 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2703 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2704 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2705 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2706 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2708 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2709 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2716 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2718 /* Draw underline. */
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2721 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2724 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2726 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2727 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2728 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2732 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2733 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2734 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2737 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2738 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2741 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2742 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2743 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2744 specs, and its default is
2746 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2747 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2749 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2750 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2751 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2753 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2755 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2757 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2759 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2760 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2761 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2762 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2763 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2764 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2765 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2766 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2767 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2768 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2769 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2770 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2774 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2775 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2777 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2778 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2782 /* Draw overline. */
2783 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2785 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2787 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2793 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2794 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2795 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2801 /* Draw strike-through. */
2802 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2804 unsigned long h
= 1;
2805 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2807 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2808 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2813 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2815 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2817 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2821 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2822 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2823 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2827 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2829 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2830 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2831 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2833 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2834 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2835 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2838 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2839 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2840 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2841 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2843 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2844 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2846 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2852 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2854 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2855 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2856 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2858 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2859 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2860 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2863 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2864 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2865 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2866 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2868 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2869 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2871 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2876 /* Reset clipping. */
2877 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2881 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2884 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2886 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2888 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2889 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2890 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2894 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2898 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2906 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2907 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2910 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2917 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2918 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2922 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2925 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2927 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2929 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2930 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2931 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2933 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2934 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2936 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2938 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2939 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2940 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2942 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2943 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2944 redisplay, do it here. */
2945 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2948 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2955 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2957 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2958 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2960 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2963 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2964 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2967 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2968 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2970 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2971 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2972 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2974 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2975 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2979 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2981 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2982 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2986 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2988 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2989 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2991 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2993 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3004 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3005 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3008 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3009 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3010 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3011 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
)->window
,
3014 | GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3015 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3016 gdk_draw_rectangle (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)->window, \
3017 gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3021 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3022 pixels into background pixels. */
3026 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3027 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3028 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3030 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3031 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3035 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3036 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3037 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3038 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3039 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3040 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3041 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3045 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3046 edge it is next to. */
3047 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3049 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3050 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3053 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3054 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3061 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3063 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3064 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3066 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3068 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3069 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3070 width
, flash_height
);
3071 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3073 (height
- flash_height
3074 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3075 width
, flash_height
);
3079 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3080 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3081 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3082 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3087 struct timeval wakeup
;
3089 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3091 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3092 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3093 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3094 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3096 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3098 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3100 struct timeval current
;
3101 struct timeval timeout
;
3103 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3105 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3106 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3109 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3111 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3113 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3114 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3118 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3119 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3121 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3123 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3124 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3125 width
, flash_height
);
3126 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3128 (height
- flash_height
3129 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3130 width
, flash_height
);
3133 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3135 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3136 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3139 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3140 #undef XFillRectangle
3142 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3151 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3155 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3162 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3163 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3164 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3167 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3168 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3169 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3174 /* Make audible bell. */
3179 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3181 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3183 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3190 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3191 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3198 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3199 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3200 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3201 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3204 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3207 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3212 /***********************************************************************
3214 ***********************************************************************/
3216 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3217 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3220 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3228 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3231 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3235 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3236 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3238 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3239 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3241 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3243 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3244 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3245 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3249 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3250 line at the bottom. */
3251 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3252 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3254 height
= run
->height
;
3258 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3260 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3261 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3263 height
= run
->height
;
3268 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3272 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3273 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3274 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3284 /***********************************************************************
3286 ***********************************************************************/
3293 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3294 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3295 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3296 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3298 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3299 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3301 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3302 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3306 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3309 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3310 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3311 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3312 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3314 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3315 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3317 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3318 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3321 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3322 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3323 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3324 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3325 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3328 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3329 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3330 struct frame
*frame
;
3332 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3334 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3336 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3337 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3338 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3340 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3341 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3343 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3344 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3346 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3349 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3352 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3353 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3354 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3357 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3360 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3361 struct frame
*frame
;
3362 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3364 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3366 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3368 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3369 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3371 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3372 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3373 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3374 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3375 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3377 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3378 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3382 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3385 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3386 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3389 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3391 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3393 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3395 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3396 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3400 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3401 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3403 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3404 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3408 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3409 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3411 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3414 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3417 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3419 struct frame
*frame
;
3421 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3425 switch (event
->type
)
3430 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3432 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3434 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3435 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3436 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3437 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3439 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3445 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3446 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3447 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3448 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3452 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3454 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3455 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3456 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3463 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3466 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3467 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3469 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3472 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3473 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3474 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3476 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3477 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3478 the appropriate X display info. */
3481 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3482 struct frame
*frame
;
3484 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3488 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3489 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3491 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3493 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3495 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3496 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3497 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3498 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3499 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3501 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3502 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3506 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3508 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3511 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3512 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3513 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3519 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3521 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3523 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3526 int min_code
, max_code
;
3529 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3531 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3532 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3533 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3534 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3535 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3537 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3539 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3540 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3542 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3544 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3545 Alt keysyms are on. */
3547 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3548 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3550 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3552 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3553 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3555 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3557 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3561 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3565 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3567 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3573 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3574 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3579 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3580 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3585 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3586 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3587 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3588 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3593 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3594 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3595 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3596 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3600 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3601 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3602 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3603 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3604 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3613 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3614 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3616 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3617 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3620 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3621 make them just meta, not alt. */
3622 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3624 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3627 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3628 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3631 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3635 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3639 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3640 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3641 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3642 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3645 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3646 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3647 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3648 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3649 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3650 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3651 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3652 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3655 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3656 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3657 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3658 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3659 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3660 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3664 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3665 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3668 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3669 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3670 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3671 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3675 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3676 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3677 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3678 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3679 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3680 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3681 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3682 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3685 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3686 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3687 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3688 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3689 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3690 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3693 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3696 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3702 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3710 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3712 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3714 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3718 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3719 struct input_event
*result
;
3720 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3723 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3725 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3726 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3727 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3728 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3730 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3734 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3735 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3736 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3742 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3743 The input handler calls this.
3745 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3746 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3747 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3748 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3750 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3751 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3754 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3756 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3758 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3759 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3760 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3762 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3765 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3767 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3768 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3769 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3770 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3775 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3776 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3777 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3778 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3779 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3780 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3782 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3783 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3784 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3785 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3786 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3787 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3795 /************************************************************************
3797 ************************************************************************/
3800 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3802 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3803 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3804 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3805 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3806 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3811 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3812 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3814 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3815 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3816 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3817 position on the scroll bar.
3819 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3820 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3823 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3824 was at this position.
3826 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3828 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3832 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3835 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3836 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3838 unsigned long *time
;
3844 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3845 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3851 Window dummy_window
;
3854 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3856 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3857 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3858 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3859 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3860 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3862 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3864 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3865 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3866 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3868 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3871 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3872 a different screen. */
3875 /* The position on that root window. */
3878 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3881 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3883 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3885 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3886 containing the pointer. */
3890 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3894 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3895 structure is changing at the same time this function
3896 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3898 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3900 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3901 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3903 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3904 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3905 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3907 /* From-window, to-window. */
3908 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3910 /* From-position, to-position. */
3911 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3915 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3921 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3923 /* From-window, to-window. */
3926 /* From-position, to-position. */
3927 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3932 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3935 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3936 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3937 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3938 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3939 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3947 /* Now we know that:
3948 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3949 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3950 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3951 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3952 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3953 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3954 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3955 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3956 never use them in that case.) */
3959 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3960 want the edit window. */
3961 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3963 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3964 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3968 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3971 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3972 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3974 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3977 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3980 x_uncatch_errors ();
3982 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3985 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3987 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3991 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3997 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3998 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4002 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4003 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4004 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4005 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4006 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4007 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4008 the frame are divided into. */
4010 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4011 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4016 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4017 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4018 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4028 /***********************************************************************
4030 ***********************************************************************/
4032 /* Scroll bar support. */
4034 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4036 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4039 static struct scroll_bar
*
4040 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4046 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4047 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4048 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4050 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4052 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4054 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4055 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4056 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4059 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4062 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4064 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4065 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4066 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4067 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4068 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4071 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4072 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4073 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4074 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4081 #if defined USE_LUCID
4083 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4084 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4087 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4092 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4094 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4096 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4097 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4099 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4107 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4110 /************************************************************************
4112 ************************************************************************/
4114 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4116 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4117 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4118 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4119 struct scroll_bar
*));
4120 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4124 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4125 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4127 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4129 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4131 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4133 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4134 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4137 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4139 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4141 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4143 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4144 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4145 to avoid jerkyness. */
4147 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4149 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4150 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4151 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4152 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4155 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4158 XtPointer client_data
;
4162 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4168 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4169 end_action
= "Release";
4170 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4171 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4172 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4173 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4176 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4177 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4181 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4182 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4183 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4185 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4187 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4188 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4189 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4191 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4192 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4194 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4195 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4198 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4200 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4201 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4203 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4204 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4207 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4208 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4209 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4210 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4213 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4215 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4218 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4219 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4220 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4225 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4226 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4227 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4228 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4229 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4232 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4233 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4234 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4235 into that array in the event. */
4236 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4237 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4240 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4242 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4243 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4244 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4246 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4248 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4249 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4252 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4253 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4254 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4255 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4256 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4257 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4259 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4260 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4261 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4262 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4265 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4266 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4267 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4268 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4273 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4277 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4279 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4281 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4286 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4287 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4289 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4290 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4292 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4293 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4296 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4298 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4300 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4301 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4302 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4303 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4304 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4310 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4312 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4315 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4316 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4317 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4320 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4322 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4325 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4326 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4330 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4331 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4332 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4335 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4336 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4337 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4340 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4341 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4342 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4345 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4346 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4347 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4351 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4352 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4355 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4356 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4357 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4364 /* Get the slider size. */
4366 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4369 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4370 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4371 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4372 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4376 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4382 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4383 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4384 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4388 #elif defined USE_GTK
4390 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4391 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4394 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4395 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4399 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4401 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4402 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4403 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4405 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4406 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4411 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4412 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4413 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4414 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4416 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4417 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4418 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4419 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4422 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4423 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4424 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4426 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4427 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4428 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4430 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4431 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4432 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4434 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4435 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4436 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4442 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4443 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4444 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4450 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4453 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4454 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4458 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4459 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4461 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4462 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4463 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4470 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4472 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4473 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4474 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4478 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4480 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4482 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4483 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4485 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4488 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4490 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4494 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4496 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4497 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4498 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4499 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4500 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4502 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4504 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4506 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4507 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4508 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4509 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4513 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4514 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4515 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4516 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4517 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4518 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4519 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4522 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4524 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4526 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4527 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4528 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4532 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4534 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4537 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4538 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4540 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4541 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4542 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4543 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4545 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4547 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4548 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4549 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4550 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4553 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4555 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4557 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4558 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4562 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4564 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4566 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4569 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4570 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4575 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4578 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4580 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4586 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4587 unsigned long pixel
;
4592 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4593 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4594 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4595 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4596 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4601 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4608 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4615 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4616 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4618 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4619 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4621 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4623 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4625 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4627 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4629 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4631 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4634 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4635 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4637 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4638 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4639 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4640 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4642 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4644 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4645 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4646 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4647 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4649 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4650 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4651 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4653 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4667 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4669 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4670 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4672 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4675 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4676 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4677 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4679 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4682 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4684 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4687 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4688 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4689 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4691 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4695 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4696 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4698 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4699 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4700 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4702 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4706 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4707 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4708 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4710 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4712 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4715 /* Specify the colors. */
4716 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4719 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4722 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4731 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4732 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4736 char *val
= initial
;
4737 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4738 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4739 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4741 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4742 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4743 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4744 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4745 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4746 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4750 /* Define callbacks. */
4751 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4752 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4755 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4756 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4758 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4760 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4761 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4762 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4763 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4765 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4766 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4767 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4768 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4772 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4775 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4776 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4780 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4781 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4782 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4784 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4787 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4789 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4790 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4791 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4793 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4794 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4801 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4802 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4803 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4804 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4805 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4806 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4807 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4808 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4809 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4810 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4811 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4812 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4813 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4814 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4821 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4822 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4825 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4829 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4830 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4832 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4833 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4834 size
= max (size
, 1);
4836 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4837 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4838 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4840 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4842 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4848 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4849 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4853 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4855 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4856 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4857 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4861 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4862 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4863 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4866 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4867 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4869 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4870 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4871 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4872 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4874 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4875 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4878 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4879 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4880 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4882 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4886 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4890 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4892 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4896 /************************************************************************
4897 Scroll bars, general
4898 ************************************************************************/
4900 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4901 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4902 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4905 static struct scroll_bar
*
4906 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4908 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4910 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4911 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4912 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4916 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4917 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4918 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4920 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4924 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4925 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4926 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4928 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4929 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4931 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4933 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4935 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4936 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4937 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4938 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4939 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4941 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4943 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4944 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4945 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4947 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4949 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4956 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4958 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4960 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4964 bar
->height
= height
;
4967 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4968 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4970 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4971 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4973 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4974 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4975 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4977 /* Map the window/widget. */
4978 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4981 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4984 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4985 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4987 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4988 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4989 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4990 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4991 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4993 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4994 max (height
, 1), 0);
4995 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4996 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4998 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4999 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5000 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5007 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5011 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5012 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5013 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5016 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5017 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5018 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5019 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5020 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5023 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5024 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5028 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5029 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5030 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5031 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5033 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5035 && start
== bar
->start
5042 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5043 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5044 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5046 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5047 the distance between start and end. */
5049 int length
= end
- start
;
5053 else if (start
> top_range
)
5055 end
= start
+ length
;
5059 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5063 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5067 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5068 if (end
> top_range
)
5071 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5072 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5073 that many pixels tall. */
5074 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5076 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5077 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5079 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5080 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5081 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5082 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5083 inside_width
, start
,
5086 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5087 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5088 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5089 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5091 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5092 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5093 /* x, y, width, height */
5094 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5095 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5096 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5098 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5099 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5100 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5101 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5103 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5104 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5105 if (end
< inside_height
)
5106 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5107 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5108 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5109 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5110 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5118 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5120 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5124 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5127 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5130 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5132 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5133 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5134 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5135 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5137 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5140 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5141 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5147 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5148 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5149 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5153 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5155 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5158 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5159 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5160 int window_y
, window_height
;
5161 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5162 int fringe_extended_p
;
5165 /* Get window dimensions. */
5166 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5168 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5169 height
= window_height
;
5171 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5172 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5174 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5175 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5176 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5177 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5181 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5182 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5183 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5184 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5186 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5188 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5189 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5194 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5195 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5196 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5197 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5198 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5199 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5201 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5202 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5203 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5204 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5207 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5208 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5210 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5213 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5214 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5215 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5216 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5219 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5220 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5224 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5228 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5229 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5231 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5235 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5237 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5239 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5241 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5244 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5246 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5247 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5249 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5250 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5251 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5253 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5254 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5255 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5257 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5258 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5261 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5264 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5265 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5267 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5268 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5269 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5271 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5272 max (height
, 1), 0);
5273 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5275 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5277 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5278 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5279 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5281 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5282 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5284 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5285 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5286 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5290 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5291 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5292 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5295 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5296 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5297 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5299 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5300 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5301 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5302 rest
, height
, False
);
5304 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5305 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5309 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5314 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5316 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5318 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5322 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5324 /* Remember new settings. */
5325 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5327 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5328 bar
->height
= height
;
5333 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5334 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5336 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5337 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5338 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5340 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5342 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5345 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5348 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5349 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5350 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5353 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5355 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5359 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5360 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5361 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5362 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5363 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5364 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5365 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5367 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5368 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5369 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5372 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5375 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5376 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5379 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5380 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5381 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5382 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5383 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5384 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5385 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5390 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5391 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5394 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5395 struct window
*window
;
5397 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5400 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5401 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5404 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5406 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5407 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5408 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5410 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5412 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5413 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5415 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5416 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5417 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5419 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5420 one or the other! */
5424 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5426 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5427 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5429 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5431 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5432 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5433 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5436 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5437 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5440 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5443 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5445 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5447 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5448 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5449 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5451 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5453 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5455 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5458 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5461 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5462 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5466 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5467 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5468 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5470 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5474 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5475 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5478 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5479 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5480 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5481 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5485 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5487 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5488 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5489 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5490 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5492 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5493 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5495 /* x, y, width, height */
5497 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5500 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5501 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5502 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5503 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5508 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5510 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5511 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5513 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5518 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5519 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5521 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5523 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5526 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5527 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5528 emacs_event
->modifiers
5529 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5530 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5531 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5532 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5535 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5536 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5537 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5540 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5541 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5544 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5547 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5548 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5549 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5551 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5553 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5554 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5555 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5556 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5558 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5559 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5561 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5562 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5566 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5567 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5571 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5573 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5575 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5579 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5580 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5583 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5585 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5588 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5590 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5591 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5593 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5594 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5596 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5598 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5600 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5605 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5607 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5608 on the scroll bar. */
5611 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5613 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5614 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5616 unsigned long *time
;
5618 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5619 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5620 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5622 Window dummy_window
;
5624 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5628 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5630 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5632 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5633 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5634 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5636 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5639 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5645 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5647 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5649 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5650 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5654 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5658 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5660 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5661 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5662 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5663 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5664 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5665 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5667 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5669 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5670 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5673 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5676 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5682 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5683 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5684 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5688 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5691 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5694 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5695 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5696 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5697 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5698 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5699 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5700 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5701 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5703 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5707 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5709 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5710 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5711 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5712 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5714 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5715 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5717 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5719 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5720 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5722 static int temp_index
;
5723 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5725 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5726 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5728 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5730 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5731 on a particular display. */
5733 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5735 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5736 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5737 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5738 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5740 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5742 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5745 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5746 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5747 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5748 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5749 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5750 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5754 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5755 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5765 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5766 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5767 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5769 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5771 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5775 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5776 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5779 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5780 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5781 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5784 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5785 event
->xclient
.window
);
5787 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5792 static int current_count
;
5793 static int current_finish
;
5794 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5796 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5797 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5798 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5799 static GdkFilterReturn
5800 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5805 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5808 if (current_count
>= 0)
5810 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5812 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5815 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5816 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5817 so we do it here. */
5818 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5820 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5823 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5828 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5831 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5835 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5839 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5840 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5842 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5844 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5847 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5849 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5850 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5851 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5853 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5856 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5857 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5860 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5863 struct input_event ie
;
5864 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5869 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5870 struct coding_system coding
;
5871 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5873 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5875 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5876 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5879 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5880 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5886 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5887 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5888 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5890 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5891 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5893 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5894 could be the shell widget window
5895 if the frame has no title bar. */
5896 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5898 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5899 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5900 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5902 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5903 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5904 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5905 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5906 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5909 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5910 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5911 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5912 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5915 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5916 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5917 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5920 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5921 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5922 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5924 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5925 /* The ICCCM says this is
5926 the only valid choice. */
5928 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5929 /* This is needed to detect the error
5930 if there is an error. */
5932 x_uncatch_errors ();
5934 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5939 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5940 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5942 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5943 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5944 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5945 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5946 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5947 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5948 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5949 session manager and one for this. */
5951 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5954 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5955 event
.xclient
.window
);
5956 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5957 for a single Emacs process. */
5958 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5959 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5960 event
.xclient
.window
,
5961 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5963 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5964 event
.xclient
.window
,
5970 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5971 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5973 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5974 event
.xclient
.window
);
5976 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5978 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5979 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5986 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5992 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5993 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5996 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5998 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5999 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6003 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6010 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6011 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6013 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6015 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6019 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6021 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6022 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6023 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6024 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6026 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6027 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6028 currently never do because we are interested in
6029 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6030 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6031 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6034 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6035 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6039 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6040 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6041 we construct an input_event. */
6042 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6043 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6045 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6046 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6049 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6051 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6052 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6053 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6055 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6056 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6057 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6059 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6063 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6065 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6068 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6069 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6073 case SelectionNotify
:
6074 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6075 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6076 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6078 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6079 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6082 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6083 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6084 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6085 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6087 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6089 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6091 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6092 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6093 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6094 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6095 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6099 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6100 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6101 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6102 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6104 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6106 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6108 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6109 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6110 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6111 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6112 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6113 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6114 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6115 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6119 case PropertyNotify
:
6120 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6121 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6122 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6123 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6125 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6126 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6129 case ReparentNotify
:
6130 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6134 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6135 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6139 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6140 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6141 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6146 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6150 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6151 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6152 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6153 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6154 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6157 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6159 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6160 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6161 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6162 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6166 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6167 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6171 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6172 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6174 #if defined USE_LUCID
6175 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6176 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6177 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6180 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6182 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6184 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6186 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6187 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6189 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6190 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6191 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6194 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6195 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6198 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6199 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6203 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6204 source area was obscured or not
6206 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6210 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6211 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6212 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6214 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6217 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6220 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6221 source area was completely
6226 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6227 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6230 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6233 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6234 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6235 the frame was deleted. */
6237 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6238 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6239 display that won't ever be seen. */
6240 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6241 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6242 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6243 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6244 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6245 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6246 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6247 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6249 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6251 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6252 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6258 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6259 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6260 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6263 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6264 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6265 frame is visible. */
6266 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6269 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6270 the frame's display structures.
6271 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6272 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6273 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6274 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6275 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6276 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6278 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6279 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6280 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6281 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6283 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6284 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6285 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6289 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6290 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6292 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6293 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6294 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6295 to update the frame titles
6296 in case this is the second frame. */
6297 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6300 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6307 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6308 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6310 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6311 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6312 if (popup_activated ())
6316 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6318 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6319 mouse highlighting. */
6320 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6322 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6324 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6325 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6328 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6331 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6332 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6333 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6335 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6337 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6338 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6341 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6345 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6346 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6347 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6350 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6351 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6352 status_return even if the input is too long to
6353 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6354 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6355 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6356 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6357 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6358 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6359 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6361 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6365 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6366 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6367 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6369 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6373 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6374 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6375 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6377 /* This will have to go some day... */
6379 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6380 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6381 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6382 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6383 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6384 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6385 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6387 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6388 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6389 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6390 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6391 not it is combined with Meta. */
6392 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6393 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6398 Status status_return
;
6400 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6401 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6402 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6403 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6405 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6407 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6408 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6409 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6410 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6411 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6414 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6415 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6417 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6422 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6423 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6427 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6428 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6431 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6432 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6436 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6437 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6438 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6441 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6442 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6444 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6445 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6447 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6448 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6450 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6451 translations to characters. */
6452 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6453 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6455 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6456 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6460 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6461 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6463 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6464 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6466 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6467 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6471 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6472 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6473 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6477 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6478 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6479 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6480 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6484 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6485 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6486 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6487 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6488 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6489 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6491 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6492 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6494 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6495 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6496 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6497 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6498 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6499 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6501 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6502 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6504 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6505 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6507 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6508 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6510 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6511 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6513 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6514 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6516 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6517 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6519 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6520 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6522 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6523 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6525 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6526 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6528 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6529 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6531 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6532 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6534 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6535 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6537 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6538 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6540 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6541 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6542 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6543 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6544 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6545 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6546 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6547 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6548 don't have real modifiers but
6549 should be treated similarly to
6550 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6551 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6552 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6554 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6555 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6559 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6560 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6562 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6563 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6567 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6572 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6574 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6576 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6579 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6581 /* Decode the input data. */
6585 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6586 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6587 we used just above and the locale. */
6588 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6589 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6590 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6591 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6592 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6593 gives us composition information. */
6594 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6596 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6597 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6598 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6599 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6600 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6601 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6602 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6603 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6606 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6607 character events. */
6608 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6610 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6611 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6613 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6614 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6615 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6616 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6618 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6623 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6625 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6631 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6632 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6640 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6642 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6643 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6651 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6652 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6654 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6656 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6657 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6659 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6660 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6661 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6662 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6664 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6665 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6666 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6667 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6672 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6676 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6677 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6679 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6682 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6684 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6685 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6686 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6687 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6690 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6691 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6692 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6693 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6694 if (any_help_event_p
)
6698 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6699 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6700 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6705 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6710 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6711 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6712 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6714 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6715 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6716 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6718 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6720 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6722 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6723 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6727 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6733 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6734 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6735 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6739 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6740 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6743 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6744 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6745 will be selected only when it is active. */
6746 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6747 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6748 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6749 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6750 create event iff we don't leave the
6752 && (focus_follows_mouse
6753 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6754 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6756 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6757 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6762 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6763 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6767 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6768 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6769 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6770 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6773 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6774 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6776 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6777 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6778 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6781 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6782 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6783 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6784 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6789 case ConfigureNotify
:
6790 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6793 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6794 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6796 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6797 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6803 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6805 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6806 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6808 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6809 is called by the code that handles resizing
6810 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6812 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6813 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6814 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6815 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6816 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6817 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6818 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6820 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6821 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6822 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6825 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6826 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6827 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6831 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6832 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6833 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6834 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6837 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6841 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6842 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6851 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6852 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6855 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6856 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6857 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6859 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6861 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6862 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6864 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6867 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6872 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6873 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6874 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6877 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6878 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6880 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6881 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6883 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6885 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6886 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6887 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6888 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6893 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6894 if (! popup_activated ())
6897 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6899 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6900 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6902 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6903 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6905 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6906 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6909 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6911 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6912 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6913 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6917 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6918 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6919 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6921 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6922 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6924 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6926 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6927 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6929 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6931 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6932 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6935 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6937 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6938 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6941 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6944 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6946 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6947 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6948 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6952 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6953 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6954 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6955 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6956 Instead, save it away
6957 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6958 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6961 ! popup_activated ()
6962 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6963 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6966 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6967 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6968 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6969 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6970 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6971 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6972 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6973 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6975 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6976 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6978 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6981 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6983 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6987 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6988 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6989 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6991 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6993 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6994 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6995 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7000 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7003 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7007 case CirculateNotify
:
7010 case CirculateRequest
:
7013 case VisibilityNotify
:
7017 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7019 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7021 case MappingModifier
:
7022 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7023 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7024 case MappingKeyboard
:
7025 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7030 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7035 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7037 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7038 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7040 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7045 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7047 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7052 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7057 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7063 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7064 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7065 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7069 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7070 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7080 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7081 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7082 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7084 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7086 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7090 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7091 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7093 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7096 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7102 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7103 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7104 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7106 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7107 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7108 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7111 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7114 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7115 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7117 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7121 int event_found
= 0;
7123 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7125 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7127 pending_signals
= 1;
7132 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7134 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7138 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7139 input_signal_count
++;
7144 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7145 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7147 struct input_event inev
;
7149 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7150 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7151 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7153 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7160 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7161 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7163 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7164 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7168 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7172 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7175 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7176 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7181 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7182 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7184 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7190 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7191 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7192 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7193 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7195 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7196 from all displays. */
7198 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7200 current_count
= count
;
7201 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7203 gtk_main_iteration ();
7205 count
= current_count
;
7207 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7209 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7212 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7216 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7217 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7220 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7221 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7222 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7224 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7228 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7229 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7231 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7233 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7234 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7238 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7240 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7241 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7243 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7244 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7256 /***********************************************************************
7258 ***********************************************************************/
7260 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7261 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7263 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7264 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7265 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7268 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7270 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7274 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7275 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7276 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7278 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7280 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7281 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7282 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7283 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7284 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7286 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7290 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7293 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7295 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7297 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7298 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7299 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7302 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7305 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7306 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7307 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7308 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7311 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7312 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7313 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7315 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7316 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7317 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7318 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7319 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7321 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7322 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7323 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7325 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7326 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7327 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7328 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7332 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7334 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7335 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7336 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7340 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7342 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7344 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7346 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7347 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7349 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7350 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7352 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7353 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7356 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7357 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7358 the bar might not be in the window. */
7359 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7361 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7362 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7363 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7367 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7368 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7369 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7370 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7371 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7374 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7375 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7376 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7377 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7378 that the glyph is legible. */
7379 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7380 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7382 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7383 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7386 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7389 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7390 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7393 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7395 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7398 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7399 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7401 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7403 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7404 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7405 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7406 width
, row
->height
);
7410 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7413 width
= row
->height
;
7415 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7417 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7418 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7420 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7421 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7422 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7423 row
->height
- width
),
7424 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7427 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7432 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7435 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7439 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7440 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7441 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7442 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7446 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7449 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7451 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7453 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7454 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7456 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7457 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7458 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7463 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7466 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7468 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7470 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7473 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7477 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7478 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7480 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7481 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7483 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7484 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7487 switch (cursor_type
)
7489 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7490 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7493 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7494 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7498 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7502 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7506 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7514 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7515 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7516 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7521 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7528 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7531 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7537 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7540 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7541 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7542 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7543 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7548 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7549 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7550 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7552 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7553 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7554 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7558 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7559 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7565 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7566 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7569 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7571 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7573 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7577 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7580 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7581 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7585 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7586 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7590 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7591 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7592 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7593 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7594 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7596 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7599 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7600 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7606 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7607 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7610 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7614 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7619 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7620 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7622 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7623 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7626 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7627 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7628 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7629 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7634 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7636 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7637 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7639 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7640 be called from a signal handler.
7643 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7644 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7646 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7648 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7650 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7651 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7652 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7655 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7659 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7660 x_error_message
->string
,
7661 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7664 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7665 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7668 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7669 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7670 stored in *x_error_message.
7672 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7673 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7675 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7677 void x_check_errors ();
7680 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7683 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7685 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7689 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7690 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7691 x_error_message
= data
;
7694 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7695 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7700 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7704 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7705 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7706 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7707 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7709 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7710 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7715 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7716 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7717 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7720 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7724 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7727 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7729 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7730 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7731 x_uncatch_errors ();
7732 error (format
, string
);
7736 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7737 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7740 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7743 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7746 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7749 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7752 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7755 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7758 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7759 * idea. --lorentey */
7760 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7763 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7765 while (x_error_message
)
7766 x_uncatch_errors ();
7770 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7773 x_catching_errors ()
7775 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7779 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7782 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7787 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7788 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7789 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7790 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7791 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7794 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7795 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7798 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7799 must reestablish each time */
7800 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7805 /************************************************************************
7807 ************************************************************************/
7809 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7811 static char *error_msg
;
7813 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7814 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7815 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7818 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7820 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7824 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7825 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7828 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7830 char *error_message
;
7832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7833 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7834 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7836 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7837 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7838 handling_signal
= 0;
7840 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7841 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7842 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7843 the original message here. */
7844 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7846 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7847 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7851 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7853 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7854 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7857 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7858 that are on the dead display. */
7859 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7861 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7863 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7864 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7865 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7866 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7867 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7868 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7871 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7872 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7873 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7874 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7875 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7876 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7878 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7879 trying to find a replacement. */
7880 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7881 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7884 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7885 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7888 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7889 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7890 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7891 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7893 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7894 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7895 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7897 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7898 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7900 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7901 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7902 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7903 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7904 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7905 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7906 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7907 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7910 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7911 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7912 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7913 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7914 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7915 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7916 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7917 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7918 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7921 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7923 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7924 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7926 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7927 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7928 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7929 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7934 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7935 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7939 x_uncatch_errors ();
7941 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7943 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7944 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7948 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7950 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7952 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7953 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7955 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7956 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7957 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7958 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7959 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7960 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7963 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7964 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7965 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7967 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7968 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7971 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7975 if (x_error_message
)
7976 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7978 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7982 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7983 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7984 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7986 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7988 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7989 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7994 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8000 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8001 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8003 static void NO_INLINE
8004 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8008 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8010 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8011 or colors that are not defined. */
8013 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8016 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8017 original error handler. */
8019 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8020 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8021 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8022 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8026 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8027 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8028 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8031 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8036 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8037 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8041 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8043 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8044 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8045 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8049 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8051 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8054 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8057 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8058 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8059 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8060 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8064 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8065 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8066 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8067 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8068 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8070 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8072 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8073 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8075 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8076 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8077 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8081 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8082 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8085 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8087 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8088 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8089 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8090 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8091 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8096 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8099 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8108 /***********************************************************************
8110 ***********************************************************************/
8116 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8117 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8118 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8121 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8123 XPointer client_data
;
8126 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8127 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8131 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8132 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8134 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8135 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8137 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8138 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8142 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8143 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8144 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8148 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8151 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8152 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8155 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8156 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8159 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8161 char *resource_name
;
8169 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8170 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8177 XIMCallback destroy
;
8180 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8181 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8184 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8185 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8186 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8192 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8193 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8197 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8199 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8200 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8201 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8202 when the callback was registered. */
8205 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8207 XPointer client_data
;
8210 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8211 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8213 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8217 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8219 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8220 as they have no XIC. */
8221 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8223 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8226 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8231 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8232 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8234 create_frame_xic (f
);
8235 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8236 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8237 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8239 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8240 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8249 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8252 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8253 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8254 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8255 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8258 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8259 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8260 char *resource_name
;
8262 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8266 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8267 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8270 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8271 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8272 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8273 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8274 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8275 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8276 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8277 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8278 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8279 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8280 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8281 least, hence the configure test. */
8282 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8283 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8284 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8285 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8287 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8291 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8294 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8300 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8301 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8302 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8304 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8305 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8306 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8307 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8308 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8309 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8310 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8311 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8313 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8316 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8320 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8321 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8324 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8327 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8329 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8330 is already for the top-left corner. */
8331 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8334 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8335 position that fits on the screen. */
8336 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8337 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8338 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8341 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8343 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8344 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8345 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8347 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8348 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8349 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8350 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8353 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8354 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8356 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8359 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8360 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8361 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8364 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8365 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8366 so the flags should correspond. */
8367 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8370 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8371 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8372 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8373 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8374 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8377 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8379 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8382 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8384 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8386 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8387 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8391 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8393 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8395 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8396 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8398 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8401 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8403 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8404 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8406 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8408 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8409 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8410 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8411 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8412 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8415 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8416 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8418 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8419 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8422 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8423 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8424 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8425 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8428 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8429 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8430 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8432 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8433 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8434 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8435 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8436 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8437 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8442 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8443 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8444 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8445 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8446 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8449 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8451 const char *atomname
;
8454 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8455 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8457 Window wmcheck_window
;
8458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8459 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8460 long max_len
= 65536;
8461 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8462 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8463 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8468 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8470 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8471 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8472 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8473 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8474 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8476 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8478 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8479 x_uncatch_errors ();
8484 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8487 /* Check if window exists. */
8488 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8490 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8492 x_uncatch_errors ();
8497 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8499 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8500 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8501 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8502 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8503 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8504 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8506 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8507 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8509 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8510 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8511 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8512 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8514 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8516 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8517 x_uncatch_errors ();
8522 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8523 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8524 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8528 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8530 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8531 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8533 x_uncatch_errors ();
8540 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8546 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8547 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8548 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8550 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8552 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8554 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8556 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8562 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8564 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8568 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8569 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8570 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8573 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8574 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8575 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8578 get_current_vm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8584 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8585 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8586 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8587 long max_len
= 65536;
8588 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8589 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8590 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8593 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8596 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8597 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8598 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8599 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8600 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8602 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8604 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8605 x_uncatch_errors ();
8610 x_uncatch_errors ();
8612 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8614 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8615 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8617 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8618 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8620 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8622 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8624 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8625 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8627 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8629 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8630 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8631 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8635 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8639 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8642 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8645 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8646 Lisp_Object lval
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
8649 get_current_vm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8651 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8652 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8654 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8656 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8659 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8660 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8661 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8663 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8665 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8666 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8667 are sent at once. */
8668 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8670 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8671 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8672 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8673 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8674 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8676 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8677 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8678 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8679 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fh
);
8680 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8681 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8683 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8684 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8685 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8686 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fw
);
8687 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8688 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8690 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8691 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8692 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8693 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8695 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8696 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8697 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8699 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8702 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8706 return have_net_atom
;
8710 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8713 if (f
->async_visible
)
8716 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8724 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8726 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8728 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8732 get_current_vm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8736 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8739 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8742 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8745 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8750 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8751 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8754 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8755 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8757 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8760 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8763 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8764 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8766 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8767 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8768 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8770 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8772 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8773 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8775 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8777 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8778 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8779 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8780 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8781 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8783 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8784 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8786 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8787 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8790 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8795 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8796 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8797 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8798 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8799 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8800 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8801 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8804 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8809 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8811 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8812 window manager window around the frame. */
8814 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8816 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8818 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8823 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8824 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8825 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8827 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8829 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8830 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8832 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8833 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8835 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8838 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8839 frame's position. */
8841 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8845 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8846 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8847 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8848 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8849 of an exact comparison. */
8852 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8854 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8858 while (count
++ < 50)
8860 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8862 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8863 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8866 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8867 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8871 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8874 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8875 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8878 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8882 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8883 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8885 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8889 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8891 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8895 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8898 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8899 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8901 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8902 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8904 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8905 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8906 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8907 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8908 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8910 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8912 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8913 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8914 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8916 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8921 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8922 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8924 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8925 break; /* Timeout */
8927 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8928 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8932 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8933 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8934 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8935 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8938 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8943 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8945 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8946 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8947 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8949 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8950 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8951 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8953 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8955 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8956 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8957 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8959 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8960 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8961 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8962 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8965 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8966 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8967 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8968 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8969 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8971 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8972 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8973 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8974 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8976 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8977 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8978 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8979 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8980 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8982 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8985 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8986 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8987 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8988 if (f
->async_visible
)
8989 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8992 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8993 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8994 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9000 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9001 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9002 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9003 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9006 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9013 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9017 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
9018 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
9019 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
9020 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
9021 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
9022 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
9023 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
9024 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9025 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9026 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
9028 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9030 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
9031 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
9032 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
9033 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9034 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9035 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
9036 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
9040 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9041 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9043 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9044 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9046 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9048 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9050 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9051 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9053 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9054 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9055 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9056 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9057 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9062 /* Mouse warping. */
9065 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9071 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9072 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9074 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9075 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9077 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9078 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9082 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9083 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9087 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9090 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9096 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9097 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9101 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9104 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9108 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9109 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9110 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9111 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9112 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9121 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9122 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9123 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9124 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9128 /* Raise frame F. */
9135 if (f
->async_visible
)
9136 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9138 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9142 /* Lower frame F. */
9148 if (f
->async_visible
)
9151 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9152 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9157 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9160 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9163 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9164 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9166 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9167 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9170 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9171 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9172 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9174 Fcons (make_number (1),
9175 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9181 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9191 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9194 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9196 enum xembed_info flags
;
9199 unsigned long data
[2];
9201 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9203 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9206 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9207 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9211 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9214 enum xembed_message message
;
9221 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9222 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9223 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9224 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9225 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9226 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9227 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9228 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9229 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9231 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9232 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9233 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9236 /* Change of visibility. */
9238 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9239 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9240 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9241 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9242 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9243 finishes with it. */
9246 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9250 int original_top
, original_left
;
9251 int retry_count
= 2;
9257 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9259 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9261 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9263 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9264 call x_set_offset a second time
9265 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9266 before the window gets really visible. */
9267 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9268 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9269 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9270 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9272 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9274 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9275 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9276 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9277 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9278 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9281 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9282 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9284 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9286 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9287 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9289 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9290 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9292 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9293 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9294 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9297 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9299 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9300 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9301 so that incoming events are handled. */
9305 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9306 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9307 will set it when they are handled. */
9308 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9310 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9311 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9313 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9316 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9318 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9319 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9320 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9321 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9323 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9324 because the window manager may choose the position
9325 and we don't want to override it. */
9327 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9328 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9329 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9330 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9331 && previously_visible
)
9335 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9339 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9340 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9341 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9342 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9343 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9344 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9345 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9346 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9347 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9349 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9350 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9351 original_left
, original_top
);
9356 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9358 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9359 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9360 MapNotify at all.. */
9361 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9362 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9364 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9367 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9368 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9369 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9370 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9371 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9373 if (input_polling_used ())
9375 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9376 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9377 handler reset it. */
9378 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9379 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9380 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9381 poll_for_input_1 ();
9382 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9385 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9386 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9391 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9395 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9396 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9397 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9398 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9400 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9405 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9407 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9410 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9415 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9416 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9418 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9419 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9420 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9424 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9425 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9426 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9427 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9428 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9429 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9432 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9433 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9436 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9437 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9442 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9443 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9445 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9446 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9450 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9451 just by the event that we get from the server.
9452 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9453 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9454 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9456 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9457 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9458 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9465 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9474 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9475 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9476 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9478 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9483 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9485 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9487 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9490 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9492 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9493 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9495 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9498 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9499 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9505 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9507 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9509 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9510 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9511 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9512 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9513 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9514 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9515 so we have to record it here. */
9518 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9519 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9524 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9525 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9526 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9530 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9532 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9533 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9537 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9539 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9541 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9542 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9543 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9544 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9545 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9546 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9548 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9549 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9551 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9552 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9556 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9557 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9558 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9559 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9560 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9562 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9563 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9565 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9568 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9569 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9573 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9575 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9577 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9579 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9580 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9583 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9584 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9586 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9588 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9592 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9595 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9600 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9604 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9605 commands to the X server. */
9606 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9608 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9609 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9611 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9612 free_frame_faces (f
);
9614 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9615 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9617 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9618 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9619 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9620 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9621 toolkit scroll bars. */
9622 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9624 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9625 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9634 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9635 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9637 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9638 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9640 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9641 we are using a toolkit. */
9642 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9643 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9645 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9646 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9649 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9650 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9651 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9653 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9654 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9655 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9657 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9659 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9660 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9661 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9663 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9664 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9665 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9666 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9667 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9668 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9670 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9671 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9672 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9673 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9674 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9675 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9676 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9677 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9678 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9679 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9680 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9681 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9682 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9683 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9684 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9687 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9690 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9691 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9692 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9694 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9695 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9696 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9697 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9698 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9699 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9701 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9703 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9704 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9705 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9706 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9707 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9716 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9719 x_destroy_window (f
)
9722 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9724 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9725 commands to the X server. */
9726 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9727 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9729 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9733 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9735 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9736 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9737 that the window now has.
9738 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9739 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9740 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9744 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9749 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9750 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9752 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9753 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9755 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9756 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9758 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9759 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9761 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9762 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9763 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9764 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9765 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9766 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9768 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9770 int base_width
, base_height
;
9771 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9773 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9774 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9776 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9778 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9779 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9780 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9781 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9782 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9784 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9785 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9786 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9788 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9789 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9790 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9791 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9792 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9795 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9798 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9803 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9804 long supplied_return
;
9807 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9811 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9816 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9817 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9818 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9819 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9820 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9821 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9822 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9823 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9830 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9831 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9835 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9836 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9838 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9840 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9842 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9844 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9847 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9851 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9854 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9855 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9856 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9857 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9859 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9860 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9862 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9863 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9867 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9871 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9873 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9874 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9879 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9880 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9881 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9882 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9886 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9894 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9898 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9902 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9903 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9904 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9905 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9908 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9910 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9911 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9913 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9917 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9921 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9923 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9924 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9925 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9927 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9931 /***********************************************************************
9933 ***********************************************************************/
9937 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9941 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9947 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9948 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9949 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9952 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9955 /***********************************************************************
9957 ***********************************************************************/
9959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9960 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9961 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9962 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9964 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9965 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9966 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9968 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9969 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9970 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9971 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9972 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9973 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9974 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9977 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9979 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9981 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9983 static int x_initialized
;
9986 static int x_session_initialized
;
9989 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9990 the screen number from the server number. */
9992 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9993 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9996 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9997 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9998 int length_until_period
= 0;
10000 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10001 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10002 length_until_period
++;
10004 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10005 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10007 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10009 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10010 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10011 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10012 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10013 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10014 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10015 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10016 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10017 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10018 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10019 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10020 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10021 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10022 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10024 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10028 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10032 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10033 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10036 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10037 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10040 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10041 unsigned long mask
;
10048 while (!(mask
& 1))
10064 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10065 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10068 x_display_ok (display
)
10069 const char *display
;
10074 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10076 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10084 my_log_handler (log_domain
, log_level
, message
, user_data
)
10085 const gchar
*log_domain
;
10086 GLogLevelFlags log_level
;
10087 const gchar
*message
;
10088 gpointer user_data
;
10090 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
10091 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
10095 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10096 the structure that describes the open display.
10097 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10099 struct x_display_info
*
10100 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10101 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10103 char *resource_name
;
10107 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10108 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10113 if (!x_initialized
)
10119 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10120 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10124 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10126 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10127 char **argv2
= argv
;
10129 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10130 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
10131 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10134 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10136 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10137 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10138 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10139 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10140 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10142 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10146 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10150 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10152 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10154 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10155 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10158 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10159 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10161 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10163 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10164 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10165 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10166 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10167 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10168 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10170 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10174 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10176 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10177 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10179 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10181 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10182 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10184 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10185 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10187 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10188 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10191 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10192 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10195 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10196 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10197 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10199 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10200 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10201 So let's not use it until R6. */
10202 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10203 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10214 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10215 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10217 turn_on_atimers (0);
10218 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10219 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10220 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10222 turn_on_atimers (1);
10224 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10225 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10230 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10231 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10232 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10233 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10234 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10236 /* Detect failure. */
10243 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10245 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10246 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10248 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10251 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10254 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10255 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10256 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10257 SDATA (display_name
)))
10260 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10263 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10264 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10265 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10267 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10268 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10269 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10270 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10271 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10273 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10275 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10277 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10278 list of terminals. */
10279 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10280 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10281 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10282 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10284 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10285 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10287 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10288 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10289 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10291 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10292 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10296 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10297 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10298 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10299 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10300 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10302 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10305 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10306 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10307 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10309 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10310 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10311 x_display_name_list
);
10312 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10314 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10316 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10317 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10318 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10319 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10322 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10326 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10327 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10329 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10330 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10332 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10333 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10335 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10337 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10338 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10339 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10341 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10342 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10344 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10345 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10346 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10347 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10349 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10351 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10353 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10355 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10356 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10357 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10358 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10359 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10360 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10361 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10362 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10363 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10364 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10365 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10366 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10367 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10368 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10369 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10370 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10371 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10372 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10373 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10374 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10375 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10376 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10377 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10378 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10379 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10380 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10381 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10382 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10384 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10385 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10386 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10388 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10390 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10391 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10392 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10393 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10394 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10395 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10398 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10399 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10401 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10404 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10405 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10406 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10408 if (STRINGP (value
)
10409 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10410 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10411 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10415 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10416 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10420 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10421 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10422 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10423 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10424 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10426 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10428 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10429 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10433 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10435 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10436 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10437 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10438 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10439 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10440 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10441 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10442 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10443 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10450 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10451 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10453 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10454 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10455 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10456 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10457 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10459 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10461 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10462 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10463 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10465 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10467 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10468 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10469 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10471 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10472 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10473 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10475 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10476 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10477 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10479 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10488 /* For properties of font. */
10489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10490 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10491 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10492 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10493 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10494 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10495 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10496 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10497 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10498 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10500 /* Ghostscript support. */
10501 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10502 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10507 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10510 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10511 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10512 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10513 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10515 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10516 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10517 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10518 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10519 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10520 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10521 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10523 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10524 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
10525 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", False
);
10526 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10528 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10529 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10530 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10531 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10533 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10534 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10535 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10537 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10538 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10541 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10542 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10544 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10546 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10547 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10551 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10554 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10556 #ifdef subprocesses
10557 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10558 if (connection
!= 0)
10559 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10563 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10564 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10567 if (interrupt_input
)
10568 init_sigio (connection
);
10569 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10573 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10574 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10577 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10578 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10579 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10580 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10581 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10582 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10583 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10584 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10586 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10587 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10588 x_uncatch_errors ();
10592 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10593 for debugging X code. */
10596 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10597 build_string ("synchronous"),
10598 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10600 if (STRINGP (value
)
10601 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10602 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10603 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10608 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10609 build_string ("useXIM"),
10610 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10613 if (STRINGP (value
)
10614 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10615 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10618 if (STRINGP (value
)
10619 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10620 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10626 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10627 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10629 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10630 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10638 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10639 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10642 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10645 struct terminal
*t
;
10647 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10649 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10650 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10653 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10654 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10657 delete_terminal (t
);
10661 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10663 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10664 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10665 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10666 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10667 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10672 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10673 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10675 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10677 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10680 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10684 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10685 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10687 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10688 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10691 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10693 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10694 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10695 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10698 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10699 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10700 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10704 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10706 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10707 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10708 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10709 that slows us down. */
10712 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10713 struct atimer
*timer
;
10716 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10717 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10719 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10720 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10721 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10722 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10727 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10728 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10729 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10730 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10731 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10732 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10733 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10736 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10739 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10741 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10743 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10744 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10745 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10750 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10753 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10755 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10757 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10759 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10763 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10765 x_after_update_window_line
,
10766 x_update_window_begin
,
10767 x_update_window_end
,
10773 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10775 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10776 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10777 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10778 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10779 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10780 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10781 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10782 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10783 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10784 x_clear_frame_area
,
10785 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10786 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10787 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10791 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10793 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10795 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10797 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10798 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10799 if (!terminal
->name
)
10804 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10807 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10810 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10811 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10812 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10814 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10815 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10817 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10818 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10819 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10820 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10822 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10823 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10824 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10825 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10826 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10827 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10828 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10829 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10830 leaks in other situations. */
10832 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10833 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10835 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10837 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10838 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10839 closing all the displays. */
10840 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10844 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10846 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10847 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10849 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10851 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10854 /* Mark as dead. */
10855 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10856 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10860 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10861 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10863 static struct terminal
*
10864 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10866 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10868 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10870 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10871 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10872 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10874 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10876 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10877 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10878 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10879 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10880 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10881 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10882 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10883 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10884 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10885 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10886 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10887 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10888 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10889 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10890 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10891 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10892 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10893 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10894 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10895 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10897 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10898 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10900 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10901 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10902 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10903 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10904 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10905 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10917 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10918 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10919 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10921 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10925 current_count
= -1;
10928 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10929 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10931 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10932 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10934 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10936 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10937 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10938 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10939 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10940 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10941 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10942 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10944 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10947 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10949 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10950 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10954 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10955 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10956 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10958 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10959 original error handler. */
10960 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10961 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10963 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10965 xgselect_initialize ();
10972 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10974 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10975 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10977 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10978 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10980 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10981 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10983 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10984 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10986 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10987 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10990 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10991 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10993 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10994 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10997 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10998 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10999 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11000 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11001 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11002 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
11003 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
11005 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11007 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11008 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11009 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11010 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11011 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11012 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11013 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11015 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11016 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11017 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11018 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11019 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11020 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11021 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11022 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11023 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11025 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11026 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11027 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11028 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11029 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11031 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
11032 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11033 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
11035 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
11037 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
11040 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11043 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11044 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11046 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
11047 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
11048 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11049 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
11050 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11051 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
11052 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11053 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
11054 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11056 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11057 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11058 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11059 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11060 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11061 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11063 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11064 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11065 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11066 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11067 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11068 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11070 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11071 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11072 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11073 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11074 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11075 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11077 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11078 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11079 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11080 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11081 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11082 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11084 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11085 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11086 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11087 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11088 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11092 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11094 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11095 (do not change this comment) */